Extend tree code folds to IFN_COND_*
[gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121 \n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145 \n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157 \n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185 \n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
196 \n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
218
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239 \n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243 \n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249 \n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
263 \n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266 \n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
301
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
311 \n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
314 \n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
322 \n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
328 \n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
336 \n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
349
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
359
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
369
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
380 \n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
385 \n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
392 \n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
399 \n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
404 \n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
409 \n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
419
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
426 \n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
432
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
445
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
461
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
480
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
491
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
502 \n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
509
510 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
511 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
512 DEFHOOK
513 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
514 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
515 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
516 \n\
517 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
518 equals true and false otherwise",
519 bool, (void),
520 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
521
522 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
523 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
524 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
525 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
526 DEFHOOK
527 (select_section,
528 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
529 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
530 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
531 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
532 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
533 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
534 \n\
535 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
536 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
537 \n\
538 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
539 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
540 default_select_section)
541
542 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
543 alignment in bits. */
544 DEFHOOK
545 (select_rtx_section,
546 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
547 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
548 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
549 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
550 in bits.\n\
551 \n\
552 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
553 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
554 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
555 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
556 default_select_rtx_section)
557
558 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
559 for SELECT_SECTION. */
560 DEFHOOK
561 (unique_section,
562 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
563 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
564 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
565 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
566 \n\
567 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
568 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
569 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
570 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
571 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
572 default_unique_section)
573
574 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
575 DEFHOOK
576 (function_rodata_section,
577 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
578 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
579 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
580 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
581 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
582 otherwise.",
583 section *, (tree decl),
584 default_function_rodata_section)
585
586 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
587 for mergeable data sections. */
588 DEFHOOKPOD
589 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
590 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
591 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
592 the string if a different section name should be used.",
593 const char *, ".rodata")
594
595 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
596 DEFHOOK
597 (tm_clone_table_section,
598 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
599 tables.",
600 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
601
602 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
603 DEFHOOK
604 (constructor,
605 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
606 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
607 \n\
608 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
609 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
610 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
611 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
612 \n\
613 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
614 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
615 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
616 is not defined.",
617 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
618
619 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
620 DEFHOOK
621 (destructor,
622 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
623 functions rather than initialization functions.",
624 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
625
626 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
627 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
628 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
629 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
630 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
631 DEFHOOK
632 (output_mi_thunk,
633 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
634 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
635 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
636 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
637 the real function.\n\
638 \n\
639 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
640 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
641 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
642 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
643 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
644 all other incoming arguments.\n\
645 \n\
646 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
647 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
648 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
649 \n\
650 @smallexample\n\
651 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
652 @end smallexample\n\
653 \n\
654 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
655 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
656 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
657 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
658 \n\
659 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
660 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
661 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
662 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
663 \n\
664 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
665 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
666 some targets, but probably not.\n\
667 \n\
668 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
669 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
670 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
671 not support varargs.",
672 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
673 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
674 NULL)
675
676 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
677 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
678 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
679 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
680 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
681 text to the output file. */
682 DEFHOOK
683 (can_output_mi_thunk,
684 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
685 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
686 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
687 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
688 previously exposed.",
689 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
690 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
691 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
692
693 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
694 translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_start,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
698 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
699 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
700 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
701 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
702 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
703 void, (void),
704 default_file_start)
705
706 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
707 DEFHOOK
708 (file_end,
709 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
710 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
711 void, (void),
712 hook_void_void)
713
714 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
715 LTO output stream. */
716 DEFHOOK
717 (lto_start,
718 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
719 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
720 nothing.",
721 void, (void),
722 hook_void_void)
723
724 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
725 LTO output stream. */
726 DEFHOOK
727 (lto_end,
728 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
729 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
733
734 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
735 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (code_end,
738 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
739 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
740 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
741 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
742 nothing.",
743 void, (void),
744 hook_void_void)
745
746 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
747 external. */
748 DEFHOOK
749 (external_libcall,
750 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
751 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
752 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
753 void, (rtx symref),
754 default_external_libcall)
755
756 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
757 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
758 DEFHOOK
759 (mark_decl_preserved,
760 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
761 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
762 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
763 void, (const char *symbol),
764 hook_void_constcharptr)
765
766 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
767 DEFHOOK
768 (record_gcc_switches,
769 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
770 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
771 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
772 It can take the following values:\n\
773 \n\
774 @table @gcctabopt\n\
775 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
776 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
777 \n\
778 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
779 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
780 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
781 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
782 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
783 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
784 \n\
785 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
786 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
787 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
788 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
789 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
790 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
791 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
792 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
793 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
794 switches.\n\
795 \n\
796 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
797 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
798 \n\
799 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
800 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
801 @end table\n\
802 \n\
803 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
804 supported in the future.\n\
805 \n\
806 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
807 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
808 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
809 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
810 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
813 NULL)
814
815 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
816 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
817 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
818 this information. */
819 DEFHOOKPOD
820 (record_gcc_switches_section,
821 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
822 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
823 hook.",
824 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
825
826 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
827 DEFHOOK
828 (output_anchor,
829 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
830 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
831 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
832 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
833 \n\
834 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
835 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
836 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
837 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
838 void, (rtx x),
839 default_asm_output_anchor)
840
841 DEFHOOK
842 (output_ident,
843 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
844 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
845 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
846 directive.",
847 void, (const char *name),
848 hook_void_constcharptr)
849
850 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
851 DEFHOOK
852 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
853 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
854 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
855 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
856 NULL)
857
858 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
859 DEFHOOK
860 (final_postscan_insn,
861 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
862 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
863 if necessary.\n\
864 \n\
865 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
866 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
867 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
868 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
869 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
870 by checking the contents of the vector.",
871 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
872 NULL)
873
874 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
875 DEFHOOK
876 (trampoline_template,
877 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
878 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
879 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
880 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
881 \n\
882 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
883 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
884 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
885 to generate it on the spot.",
886 void, (FILE *f),
887 NULL)
888
889 DEFHOOK
890 (output_source_filename,
891 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
892 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
893 \n\
894 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
895 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
896 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
897 default_asm_output_source_filename)
898
899 DEFHOOK
900 (output_addr_const_extra,
901 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
902 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
903 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
904 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
905 \n\
906 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
907 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
908 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
909 return @code{true}.",
910 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
911 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
912
913 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
914 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
915 initializers. */
916 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
917 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
918
919 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
920 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
921 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
922 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
923 (print_operand,
924 "",
925 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
926 default_print_operand)
927
928 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
929 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
930 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
931 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
932 (print_operand_address,
933 "",
934 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
935 default_print_operand_address)
936
937 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
938 `print_operand' hook. */
939 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
940 not this hook. */
941 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
942 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
943 "",
944 bool ,(unsigned char code),
945 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
946
947 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
948 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
949 DEFHOOK
950 (mangle_assembler_name,
951 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
952 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
953 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
954 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
955 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
956 tree, (const char *name),
957 default_mangle_assembler_name)
958
959 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
960
961 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
962 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
963 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
964 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
965 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
966
967 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
968 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
969 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
970 DEFHOOK
971 (adjust_cost,
972 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
973 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
974 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
975 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
976 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
977 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
978 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
979 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
980 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
981 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
982 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
983 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
984 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
985 unsigned int dw),
986 NULL)
987
988 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
989 DEFHOOK
990 (adjust_priority,
991 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
992 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
993 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
994 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
995 scheduling priorities of insns.",
996 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
997
998 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
999 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
1000 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
1001 DEFHOOK
1002 (issue_rate,
1003 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
1004 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
1005 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
1006 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
1007 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
1008 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
1009 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
1010 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1011 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1012 int, (void), NULL)
1013
1014 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1015 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1016 DEFHOOK
1017 (variable_issue,
1018 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1019 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1020 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1021 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1022 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1023 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1024 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1025 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1026 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1027 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1028 was scheduled.",
1029 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1030
1031 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1032 DEFHOOK
1033 (init,
1034 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1035 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1036 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1037 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1039 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1040 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1041 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1042
1043 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1044 DEFHOOK
1045 (finish,
1046 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1047 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1048 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1049 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1050 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1051 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1052 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1053
1054 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1055 DEFHOOK
1056 (init_global,
1057 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1058 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1059 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1060 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1061 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1062
1063 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1064 DEFHOOK
1065 (finish_global,
1066 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1067 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1068 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1069 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1070
1071 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1072 places. Default does nothing. */
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (reorder,
1075 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1076 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1077 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1078 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1079 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1080 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1081 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1082 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1083 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1084 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1085 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1086 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1087 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1088 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1089 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1090
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (reorder2,
1093 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1094 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1095 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1096 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1097 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1098 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1099 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1100 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1101 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1102
1103 DEFHOOK
1104 (macro_fusion_p,
1105 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1106 bool, (void), NULL)
1107
1108 DEFHOOK
1109 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1110 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1111 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1112 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1113 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1114 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1115 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1116 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1117
1118 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1119 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1120 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1121 DEFHOOK
1122 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1123 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1124 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1125 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1126 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1127 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1128 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1129 calculated.",
1130 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1131
1132 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1133 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1134 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1135 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1136 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1137 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1138 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1139 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1140 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1141
1142 DEFHOOK
1143 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1144 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1145 void, (void), NULL)
1146
1147 DEFHOOK
1148 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1149 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1150 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1151 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1152 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1153 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1154 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1155 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1156 rtx, (void), NULL)
1157
1158 DEFHOOK
1159 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1160 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1161 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1162 void, (void), NULL)
1163
1164 DEFHOOK
1165 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1166 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1167 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1168 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1169 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1170
1171 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1172 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1173 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1174 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1175
1176 DEFHOOK
1177 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1178 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1179 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1180 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1181 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1182 void, (void), NULL)
1183
1184 DEFHOOK
1185 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1186 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1187 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1188 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1189 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1190 void, (void), NULL)
1191
1192 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1193 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1194 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1195 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1196 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1197 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1198 insns on the same cycle. */
1199 DEFHOOK
1200 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1201 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1202 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1203 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1204 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1205 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1206 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1207 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1208 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1209 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1210 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1211 \n\
1212 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1213 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1214 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1215 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1216 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1217 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1218 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1219 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1220 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1221 \n\
1222 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1223 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1224 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1225 \n\
1226 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1227 int, (void), NULL)
1228
1229 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1230 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1231 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1232 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1233 DEFHOOK
1234 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1235 "\n\
1236 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1237 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1238 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1239 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1240 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1241 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1242 number of cycles.\n\
1243 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1244 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1245 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1246 \n\
1247 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1248 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1249
1250 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1251 scheduling.
1252 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1253 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1254 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1255 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1256 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1257 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1258 scheduling on current cycle. */
1259 DEFHOOK
1260 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1261 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1262 scheduling.",
1263 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1264 NULL)
1265
1266 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1267 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1268 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1269 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1270 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1271 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1272 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1273 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1274 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1275 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1276 DEFHOOK
1277 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1278 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1279 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1280 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1281
1282 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1283 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1284 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1285 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1286 described in DFA.
1287 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1288 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1289 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1290 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1291 DEFHOOK
1292 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1293 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1294 an instruction.",
1295 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1296
1297 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1298 round of multipass scheduling.
1299 DATA is a pointer.
1300 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1301 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1302 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1303 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1304 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1305 DEFHOOK
1306 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1307 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1308 round of multipass scheduling.",
1309 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1310
1311 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1312 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1313 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1314 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1315 described in DFA. */
1316 DEFHOOK
1317 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1318 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1319 void, (void *data), NULL)
1320
1321 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1322 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1323 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1324 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1325 described in DFA. */
1326 DEFHOOK
1327 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1328 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1329 void, (void *data), NULL)
1330
1331 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1332 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1333 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1334 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1335 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1336 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1337 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1338 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1339 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1340 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1341 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1342 DEFHOOK
1343 (dfa_new_cycle,
1344 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1345 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1346 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1347 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1348 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1349 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1350 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1351 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1352 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1353 and the current processor cycle.",
1354 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1355 int clock, int *sort_p),
1356 NULL)
1357
1358 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1359 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1360 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1361 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1362 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1363 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1364 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1365 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1366 second insn (second parameter). */
1367 DEFHOOK
1368 (is_costly_dependence,
1369 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1370 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1371 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1372 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1373 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1374 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1375 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1376 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1377 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1378 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1379 \n\
1380 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1381 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1382 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1383 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1384 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1385 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1386 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1387 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1388
1389 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1390 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1391 that new instructions were emitted. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (h_i_d_extended,
1394 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1395 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1396 per instruction data structures.",
1397 void, (void), NULL)
1398
1399 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1400
1401 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1402 DEFHOOK
1403 (alloc_sched_context,
1404 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1405 void *, (void), NULL)
1406
1407 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1408 DEFHOOK
1409 (init_sched_context,
1410 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1411 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1412 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1413 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1414
1415 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1416 DEFHOOK
1417 (set_sched_context,
1418 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1419 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1420
1421 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1422 DEFHOOK
1423 (clear_sched_context,
1424 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1425 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1426
1427 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (free_sched_context,
1430 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1431 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1432
1433 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler.
1435 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1436 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1437 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1438 It should return
1439 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1440 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1441 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1442 generated one. */
1443 DEFHOOK
1444 (speculate_insn,
1445 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1446 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1447 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1448 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1449 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1450 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1451 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1452 the generated speculative pattern.",
1453 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1454
1455 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1456 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1457 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1458 DEFHOOK
1459 (needs_block_p,
1460 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1461 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1462 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1463 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1464
1465 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1466 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1467 instruction.
1468 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1469 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1470 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1471 is being performed. */
1472 DEFHOOK
1473 (gen_spec_check,
1474 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1475 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1476 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1477 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1478 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1479 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1480 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1481 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1482 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1483
1484 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1485 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1486 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1487 DEFHOOK
1488 (set_sched_flags,
1489 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1490 enabled/used.\n\
1491 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1492 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1493 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1494
1495 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1496 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1497 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1498 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1499
1500 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1501 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1502 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1503 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1504
1505 DEFHOOK
1506 (can_speculate_insn,
1507 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1508 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1509 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1510 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1511 should not be speculated.",
1512 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1513
1514 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1515 (skip_rtx_p,
1516 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1517 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1518 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1519
1520 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1521 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1522 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1523 to ddg variable. */
1524 DEFHOOK
1525 (sms_res_mii,
1526 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1527 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1528 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1529 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1530 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1531 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1532 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1533
1534 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1535 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1536 parameters. */
1537 DEFHOOK
1538 (dispatch_do,
1539 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1540 in its second parameter.",
1541 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1542 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1543
1544 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1545 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1546 as the second parameter is true. */
1547 DEFHOOK
1548 (dispatch,
1549 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1550 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1551 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1552 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1553
1554 DEFHOOKPOD
1555 (exposed_pipeline,
1556 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1557 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1558 also the latencies of operations.",
1559 bool, false)
1560
1561 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1562 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1563 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1564 DEFHOOK
1565 (reassociation_width,
1566 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1567 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1568 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1569 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1570
1571 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1572 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1573 DEFHOOK
1574 (fusion_priority,
1575 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1576 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1577 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1578 \n\
1579 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1580 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1581 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1582 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1583 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1584 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1585 \n\
1586 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1587 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1588 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1589 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1590 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1591 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1592 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1593 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1594 instructions.\n\
1595 \n\
1596 Given below example:\n\
1597 \n\
1598 @smallexample\n\
1599 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1600 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1601 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1602 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1603 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1604 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1605 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1607 @end smallexample\n\
1608 \n\
1609 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1610 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1611 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1612 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1613 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1614 \n\
1615 @smallexample\n\
1616 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1617 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1618 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1619 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1620 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1621 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1622 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1623 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1624 @end smallexample\n\
1625 \n\
1626 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1627 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1628 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1629 \n\
1630 @smallexample\n\
1631 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1632 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1633 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1634 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1635 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1636 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1637 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1638 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1639 @end smallexample\n\
1640 \n\
1641 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1642 \n\
1643 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1644 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1645 \n\
1646 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1647 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1648 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1649
1650 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1651
1652 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1653 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1654 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1655 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1656
1657 DEFHOOK
1658 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1659 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1660 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1661 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1662 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1663 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1664 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1665
1666 DEFHOOK
1667 (adjust,
1668 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1669 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1670 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1671
1672 DEFHOOK
1673 (usable,
1674 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1675 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1676 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1677 to use it.",
1678 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1679
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1681
1682 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1686
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (vf,
1689 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1690 int, (void), NULL)
1691
1692 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1693
1694 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1695 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1696 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1697 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1698
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (validate_dims,
1701 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1702 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1703 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1704 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1705 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1706 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1707 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1708 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1709 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1710 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1711 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1712 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1713
1714 DEFHOOK
1715 (dim_limit,
1716 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1717 or zero if unbounded.",
1718 int, (int axis),
1719 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1720
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (fork_join,
1723 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1724 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1725 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1726 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1727 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1728 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1729 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1730 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1731 default_goacc_fork_join)
1732
1733 DEFHOOK
1734 (reduction,
1735 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1736 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1737 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1738 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1739 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1740 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1741 void, (gcall *call),
1742 default_goacc_reduction)
1743
1744 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1745
1746 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1747 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1748 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1749 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1750
1751 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1752 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1753 function. */
1754 DEFHOOK
1755 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1756 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1757 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1758 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1759 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1760 \n\
1761 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1762 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1763 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1764 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1765 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1766 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1767 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1768 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1769 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1770 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1771 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1772 \n\
1773 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1774 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1775 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1776 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1777 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1778 described above.\n\
1779 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1780 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1781 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1782 tree, (void), NULL)
1783
1784 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1785 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1786 DEFHOOK
1787 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1788 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1789 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1790 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1791 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1792 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1793 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1794 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1795
1796 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1797 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1798 DEFHOOK
1799 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1800 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1801 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1802 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1803 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1804 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1805 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1806
1807 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1808 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1809 DEFHOOK
1810 (builtin_conversion,
1811 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1812 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1813 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1814 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1815 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1816 \n\
1817 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1818 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1819 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1820 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1821 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1822
1823 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1824 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1825 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1826 DEFHOOK
1827 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1828 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1829 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1830 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1831 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1832 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1833
1834 DEFHOOK
1835 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1836 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1837 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1838 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1839 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1840 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1841 for alignment.\n\
1842 \n\
1843 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1844 correct for most targets.",
1845 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1846 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1847
1848 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1849 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1850 DEFHOOK
1851 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1852 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1853 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1854 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1855
1856 DEFHOOK
1857 (vec_perm_const,
1858 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1859 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1860 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1861 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1862 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1863 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1864 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1865 \n\
1866 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1867 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1868 \n\
1869 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1870 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1871 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1872 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1873 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1874 implementation approaches itself.",
1875 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1876 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1877 NULL)
1878
1879 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1880 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1881 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1882 DEFHOOK
1883 (support_vector_misalignment,
1884 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1885 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1886 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1887 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1888 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1889 bool,
1890 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1891 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1892
1893 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1894 scalar mode. */
1895 DEFHOOK
1896 (preferred_simd_mode,
1897 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1898 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1899 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1900 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1901 machine_mode,
1902 (scalar_mode mode),
1903 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1904
1905 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1906 DEFHOOK
1907 (split_reduction,
1908 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1909 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1910 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1911 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1912 machine_mode,
1913 (machine_mode),
1914 default_split_reduction)
1915
1916 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1917 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1918 DEFHOOK
1919 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1920 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1921 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1922 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1923 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1924 \n\
1925 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1926 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1927 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1928 void,
1929 (vector_sizes *sizes),
1930 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1931
1932 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1933 DEFHOOK
1934 (get_mask_mode,
1935 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1936 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1937 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1938 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1939 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1940 \n\
1941 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1942 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1943 if such a mode exists.",
1944 opt_machine_mode,
1945 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1946 default_get_mask_mode)
1947
1948 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1949 mask is all zeros. */
1950 DEFHOOK
1951 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1952 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1953 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1954 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1955 bool,
1956 (unsigned ifn),
1957 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1958
1959 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1960 DEFHOOK
1961 (builtin_gather,
1962 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1963 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1964 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1965 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1966 loads.",
1967 tree,
1968 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1969 NULL)
1970
1971 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1972 DEFHOOK
1973 (builtin_scatter,
1974 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1975 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1976 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1977 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1978 stores.",
1979 tree,
1980 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1981 NULL)
1982
1983 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1984 DEFHOOK
1985 (init_cost,
1986 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1987 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1988 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1989 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1990 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1991 "is being vectorized.",
1992 void *,
1993 (struct loop *loop_info),
1994 default_init_cost)
1995
1996 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1997 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1998 block. */
1999 DEFHOOK
2000 (add_stmt_cost,
2001 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2002 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2003 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2004 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2005 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2006 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2007 "revised.",
2008 unsigned,
2009 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2010 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
2011 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2012 default_add_stmt_cost)
2013
2014 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2015 loop or block. */
2016 DEFHOOK
2017 (finish_cost,
2018 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2019 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2020 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2021 "the three accumulators.",
2022 void,
2023 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2024 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2025 default_finish_cost)
2026
2027 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2028 DEFHOOK
2029 (destroy_cost_data,
2030 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2031 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2032 "accumulator.",
2033 void,
2034 (void *data),
2035 default_destroy_cost_data)
2036
2037 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2038
2039 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2040 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2041
2042 DEFHOOK
2043 (preferred_else_value,
2044 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2045 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2046 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2047 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2048 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2049 \n\
2050 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2051 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2052 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2053 \n\
2054 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2055 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2056 constant of type @var{type}.",
2057 tree,
2058 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2059 default_preferred_else_value)
2060
2061 DEFHOOK
2062 (record_offload_symbol,
2063 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2064 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2065 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2066 void, (tree),
2067 hook_void_tree)
2068
2069 DEFHOOKPOD
2070 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2071 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2072 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2073 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2074 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2075
2076 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2077 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2078 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2079 DEFHOOK
2080 (override_options_after_change,
2081 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2082 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2083 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2084 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2085 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2086 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2087 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2088 void, (void),
2089 hook_void_void)
2090
2091 DEFHOOK
2092 (offload_options,
2093 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2094 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2095 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2096 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2097 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2098 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2099
2100 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2101 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2102 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2103 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2104 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2105
2106 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2107 DEFHOOK
2108 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2109 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2110 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2111 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2112 targets.",
2113 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2114 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2115
2116 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2117 DEFHOOK
2118 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2119 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2120 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2121 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2122 targets.",
2123 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2124 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2125
2126 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2127 DEFHOOK
2128 (unwind_word_mode,
2129 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2130 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2131 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2132 default_unwind_word_mode)
2133
2134 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2135 DEFHOOK
2136 (merge_decl_attributes,
2137 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2138 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2139 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2140 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2141 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2142 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2143 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2144 \n\
2145 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2146 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2147 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2148 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2149 will then define a function called\n\
2150 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2151 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2152 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2153 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2154 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2155 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2156 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2157 merge_decl_attributes)
2158
2159 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2160 DEFHOOK
2161 (merge_type_attributes,
2162 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2163 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2164 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2165 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2166 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2167 merging.",
2168 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2169 merge_type_attributes)
2170
2171 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2172 Ignored if NULL. */
2173 DEFHOOKPOD
2174 (attribute_table,
2175 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2176 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2177 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2178 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2179 take.",
2180 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2181
2182 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2183 argument. */
2184 DEFHOOK
2185 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2186 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2187 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2188 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2189 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2190 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2191 bool, (const_tree name),
2192 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2193
2194 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2195 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2196 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2197 DEFHOOK
2198 (comp_type_attributes,
2199 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2200 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2201 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2202 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2203 supposed always to be compatible.",
2204 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2205 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2206
2207 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2208 DEFHOOK
2209 (set_default_type_attributes,
2210 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2211 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2212 void, (tree type),
2213 hook_void_tree)
2214
2215 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2216 DEFHOOK
2217 (insert_attributes,
2218 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2219 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2220 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2221 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2222 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2223 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2224 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2225 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2226 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2227 needed.",
2228 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2229 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2230
2231 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2232 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2233 DEFHOOK
2234 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2235 "@cindex inlining\n\
2236 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2237 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2238 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2239 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2240 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2241 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2242
2243 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2244 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2245 DEFHOOK
2246 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2247 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2248 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2249 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2250 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2251 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2252 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2253 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2254 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2255 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2256 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2257 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2258 \n\
2259 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2260 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2261 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2262 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2263 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2264 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2265 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2266 \n\
2267 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2268 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2269 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2270 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2271 may affect its placement.",
2272 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2273 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2274
2275 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2276 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2277 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2278 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2279 (words_big_endian,
2280 "",
2281 bool, (void),
2282 targhook_words_big_endian)
2283
2284 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2285 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2286 (float_words_big_endian,
2287 "",
2288 bool, (void),
2289 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2290
2291 DEFHOOK
2292 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2293 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2294 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2295 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2296 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2297 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2298 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2299 does not.",
2300 bool, (void),
2301 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2302
2303 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2304 DEFHOOK
2305 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2306 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2307 bool, (void),
2308 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2309
2310 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2311 DEFHOOK
2312 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2313 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2314 bool, (void),
2315 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2316
2317 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2318 DEFHOOK
2319 (align_anon_bitfield,
2320 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2321 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2322 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2323 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2324 bool, (void),
2325 hook_bool_void_false)
2326
2327 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2328 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2329 DEFHOOK
2330 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2331 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2332 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2333 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2334 \n\
2335 The default is @code{false}.",
2336 bool, (void),
2337 hook_bool_void_false)
2338
2339 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2340 DEFHOOK
2341 (init_builtins,
2342 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2343 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2344 necessary setup.\n\
2345 \n\
2346 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2347 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2348 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2349 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2350 \n\
2351 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2352 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2353 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2354 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2355 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2356 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2357 void, (void),
2358 hook_void_void)
2359
2360 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2361 built-in function decl for CODE.
2362 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2363 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2364 DEFHOOK
2365 (builtin_decl,
2366 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2367 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2368 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2369 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2370 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2371 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2372 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2373 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2374
2375 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2376 DEFHOOK
2377 (expand_builtin,
2378 "\n\
2379 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2380 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2381 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2382 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2383 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2384 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2385 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2386 built-in function.",
2387 rtx,
2388 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2389 default_expand_builtin)
2390
2391 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2392 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2393 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2394 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2395 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2396 DEFHOOK
2397 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2398 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2399 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2400 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2401 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2402 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2403 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2404 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2405 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2406 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2407 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2408
2409 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2410 and GENERIC. */
2411 DEFHOOK
2412 (fold_builtin,
2413 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2414 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2415 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2416 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2417 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2418 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2419 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2420 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2421 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2422
2423 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2424 DEFHOOK
2425 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2426 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2427 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2428 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2429 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2430 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2431 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2432
2433 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2434 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2435 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2436 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2437 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2438 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2439 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2440 and 0 if they are the same. */
2441 DEFHOOK
2442 (compare_version_priority,
2443 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2444 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2445 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2446 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2447 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2448 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2449 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2450
2451 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2452 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2453 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2454 must be generated. */
2455 DEFHOOK
2456 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2457 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2458 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2459 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2460 body must be generated.",
2461 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2462
2463 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2464 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2465 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2466 identical versions. */
2467 DEFHOOK
2468 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2469 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2470 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2471 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2472 identical versions.",
2473 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2474
2475 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2476 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2477 DEFHOOK
2478 (builtin_reciprocal,
2479 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2480 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2481 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2482 tree, (tree fndecl),
2483 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2484
2485 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2486 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2487 NULL. */
2488 DEFHOOK
2489 (mangle_type,
2490 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2491 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2492 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2493 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2494 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2495 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2496 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2497 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2498 string constant.\n\
2499 \n\
2500 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2501 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2502 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2503 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2504 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2505 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2506 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2507 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2508 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2509 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2510 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2511 spaces in your string.\n\
2512 \n\
2513 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2514 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2515 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2516 before mangling.\n\
2517 \n\
2518 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2519 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2520 types.",
2521 const char *, (const_tree type),
2522 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2523
2524 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2525 DEFHOOK
2526 (init_libfuncs,
2527 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2528 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2529 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2530 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2531 library routines.\n\
2532 \n\
2533 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2534 void, (void),
2535 hook_void_void)
2536
2537 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2538 DEFHOOKPOD
2539 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2540 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2541 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2542 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2543 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2544 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2545 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2546 bool, false)
2547
2548 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2549 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2550 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2551 DEFHOOK
2552 (section_type_flags,
2553 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2554 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2555 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2556 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2557 \n\
2558 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2559 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2560 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2561 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2562 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2563 default_section_type_flags)
2564
2565 DEFHOOK
2566 (libc_has_function,
2567 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2568 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2569 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2570 default_libc_has_function)
2571
2572 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2573 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2574 DEFHOOK
2575 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2576 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2577 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2578 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2579 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2580 \n\
2581 @smallexample\n\
2582 static bool\n\
2583 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2584 @{\n\
2585 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2586 @}\n\
2587 @end smallexample",
2588 bool, (void),
2589 hook_bool_void_false)
2590
2591 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2592 DEFHOOK
2593 (can_follow_jump,
2594 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2595 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2596 false, if it can't.\
2597 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2598 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2599 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2600 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2601
2602 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2603 optimizations should be applied. */
2604 DEFHOOK
2605 (branch_target_register_class,
2606 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2607 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2608 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2609 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2610 to inter-block scheduling.",
2611 reg_class_t, (void),
2612 default_branch_target_register_class)
2613
2614 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2615 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2616 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2617 already been generated. */
2618 DEFHOOK
2619 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2620 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2621 registers\n\
2622 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2623 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2624 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2625 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2626 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2627 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2628 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2629 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2630 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2631 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2632 hook_bool_bool_false)
2633
2634 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2635 DEFHOOK
2636 (have_conditional_execution,
2637 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2638 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2639 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2640 bool, (void),
2641 default_have_conditional_execution)
2642
2643 DEFHOOK
2644 (gen_ccmp_first,
2645 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2646 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2647 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2648 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2649 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2650 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2651 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2652 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2653 NULL)
2654
2655 DEFHOOK
2656 (gen_ccmp_next,
2657 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2658 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2659 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2660 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2661 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2662 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2663 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2664 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2665 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2666 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2667 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2668 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2669 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2670 NULL)
2671
2672 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2673 DEFHOOK
2674 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2675 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2676 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2677 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2678 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2679 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2680 number of memory accesses.",
2681 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2682 NULL)
2683
2684 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2685 DEFHOOK
2686 (legitimate_constant_p,
2687 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2688 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2689 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2690 \n\
2691 The default definition returns true.",
2692 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2693 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2694
2695 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2696 DEFHOOK
2697 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2698 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2699 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2700 of @var{x}.\n\
2701 \n\
2702 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2703 \n\
2704 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2705 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2706 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2707 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2708 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2709 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2710 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2711
2712 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2713 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2714 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2715 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2716
2717 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2718 DEFHOOK
2719 (commutative_p,
2720 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2721 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2722 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2723 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2724 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2725 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2726
2727 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2728 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2729 DEFHOOK
2730 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2731 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2732 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2733 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2734 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2735 but not others.\n\
2736 \n\
2737 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2738 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2739 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2740 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2741 \n\
2742 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2743 \n\
2744 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2745 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2746 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2747
2748 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2749 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2750 DEFHOOK
2751 (legitimize_address,
2752 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2753 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2754 address.\n\
2755 \n\
2756 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2757 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2758 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2759 @var{x}.\n\
2760 \n\
2761 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2762 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2763 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2764 \n\
2765 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2766 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2767 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2768 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2769 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2770 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2771 strategy can generate better code.",
2772 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2773 default_legitimize_address)
2774
2775 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2776 DEFHOOK
2777 (delegitimize_address,
2778 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2779 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2780 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2781 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2782 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2783 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2784 into their original form.",
2785 rtx, (rtx x),
2786 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2787
2788 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2789 section. */
2790 DEFHOOK
2791 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2792 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2793 debug sections.",
2794 bool, (rtx x),
2795 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2796
2797 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2798 DEFHOOK
2799 (legitimate_address_p,
2800 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2801 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2802 \n\
2803 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2804 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2805 desired by the caller.\n\
2806 \n\
2807 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2808 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2809 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2810 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2811 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2812 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2813 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2814 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2815 \n\
2816 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2817 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2818 register is required.\n\
2819 \n\
2820 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2821 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2822 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2823 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2824 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2825 \n\
2826 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2827 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2828 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2829 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2830 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2831 \n\
2832 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2833 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2834 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2835 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2836 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2837 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2838 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2839 Format}.\n\
2840 \n\
2841 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2842 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2843 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2844 has this syntax:\n\
2845 \n\
2846 @example\n\
2847 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2848 @end example\n\
2849 \n\
2850 @noindent\n\
2851 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2852 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2853 \n\
2854 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2855 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2856 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2857 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2858 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2859 \n\
2860 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2861 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2862 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2863 default_legitimate_address_p)
2864
2865 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2866 DEFHOOK
2867 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2868 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2869 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2870 of @var{x}.\n\
2871 \n\
2872 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2873 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2874 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2875
2876 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2877 DEFHOOK
2878 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2879 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2880 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2881 \n\
2882 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2883 bool, (const_tree decl),
2884 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2885
2886 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2887 DEFHOOKPOD
2888 (min_anchor_offset,
2889 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2890 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2891 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2892 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2893 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2894
2895 DEFHOOKPOD
2896 (max_anchor_offset,
2897 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2898 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2899 value is 0.",
2900 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2901
2902 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2903 DEFHOOK
2904 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2905 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2906 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2907 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2908 \n\
2909 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2910 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2911 or target-specific sections.",
2912 bool, (const_rtx x),
2913 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2914
2915 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2916 DEFHOOK
2917 (has_ifunc_p,
2918 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2919 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2920 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2921 bool, (void),
2922 default_has_ifunc_p)
2923
2924 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2925 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2926 this is an indirect call. */
2927 DEFHOOK
2928 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2929 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2930 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2931 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2932 \n\
2933 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2934 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2935 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2936 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2937 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2938 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2939 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2940 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2941
2942 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2943 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2944 level, outside of any function scope. */
2945 DEFHOOK
2946 (set_current_function,
2947 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2948 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2949 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2950 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2951 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2952 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2953 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2954 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2955 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2956 \n\
2957 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2958 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2959 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2960 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2961 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2962 outside of any function scope.",
2963 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2964
2965 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2966 DEFHOOK
2967 (in_small_data_p,
2968 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2969 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2970 bool, (const_tree exp),
2971 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2972
2973 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2974 to the current executable or shared library. */
2975 DEFHOOK
2976 (binds_local_p,
2977 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2978 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2979 or executable image).\n\
2980 \n\
2981 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2982 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2983 currently supported object file formats.",
2984 bool, (const_tree exp),
2985 default_binds_local_p)
2986
2987 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2988 DEFHOOK
2989 (profile_before_prologue,
2990 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2991 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2992 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2993 bool, (void),
2994 default_profile_before_prologue)
2995
2996 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2997 enabled. */
2998 DEFHOOK
2999 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3000 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3001 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3002 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3003 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3004 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3005 bool, (void),
3006 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3007
3008 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3009 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3010 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3011 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3012 DEFHOOK
3013 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3014 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3015 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3016 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3017 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3018 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3019 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3020 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3021 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3022 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3023
3024 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3025 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3026 DEFHOOK
3027 (encode_section_info,
3028 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3029 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3030 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3031 \n\
3032 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3033 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3034 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3035 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3036 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3037 \n\
3038 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3039 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3040 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3041 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3042 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3043 leave it alone.)\n\
3044 \n\
3045 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3046 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3047 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3048 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3049 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3050 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3051 \n\
3052 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3053 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3054 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3055 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3056 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3057 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3058 \n\
3059 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3060 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3061 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3062 before overriding it.",
3063 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3064 default_encode_section_info)
3065
3066 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3067 DEFHOOK
3068 (strip_name_encoding,
3069 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3070 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3071 may have added.",
3072 const char *, (const char *name),
3073 default_strip_name_encoding)
3074
3075 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3076 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3077 DEFHOOK
3078 (shift_truncation_mask,
3079 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3080 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3081 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3082 \n\
3083 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3084 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3085 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3086 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3087 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3088 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3089 \n\
3090 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3091 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3092 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3093 \n\
3094 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3095 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3096 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3097 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3098 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3099 by overriding it.",
3100 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3101 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3102
3103 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3104 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3105 the reciprocal. */
3106 DEFHOOK
3107 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3108 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3109 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3110 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3111 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3112 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3113 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3114 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3115 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3116
3117 DEFHOOK
3118 (truly_noop_truncation,
3119 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3120 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3121 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3122 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3123 is correct for most machines.\n\
3124 \n\
3125 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3126 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3127 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3128 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3129 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3130
3131 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3132 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3133 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3134 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3135 necessarily defined at this point. */
3136 DEFHOOK
3137 (mode_rep_extended,
3138 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3139 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3140 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3141 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3142 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3143 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3144 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3145 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3146 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3147 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3148 \n\
3149 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3150 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3151 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3152 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3153 \n\
3154 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3155 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3156 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3157 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3158 extension.\n\
3159 \n\
3160 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3161 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3162 @code{mode}.",
3163 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3164 default_mode_rep_extended)
3165
3166 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3167 DEFHOOK
3168 (valid_pointer_mode,
3169 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3170 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3171 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3172 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3173 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3174
3175 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3176 DEFHOOK
3177 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3178 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3179 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3180 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3181 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3182 a pointer to int.",
3183 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3184 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3185
3186 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3187 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3188 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3189 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3190
3191 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3192 DEFHOOK
3193 (pointer_mode,
3194 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3195 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3196 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3197 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3198 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3199
3200 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3201 DEFHOOK
3202 (address_mode,
3203 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3204 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3205 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3206 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3207 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3208
3209 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3210 in another address space. */
3211 DEFHOOK
3212 (valid_pointer_mode,
3213 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3214 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3215 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3216 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3217 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3218 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3219 target hooks for the given address space.",
3220 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3221 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3222
3223 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3224 space for a given mode. */
3225 DEFHOOK
3226 (legitimate_address_p,
3227 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3228 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3229 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3230 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3231 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3232 explicit named address space support.",
3233 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3234 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3235
3236 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3237 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3238 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3239 DEFHOOK
3240 (legitimize_address,
3241 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3242 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3243 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3244 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3245 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3246 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3247
3248 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3249 DEFHOOK
3250 (subset_p,
3251 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3252 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3253 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3254 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3255 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3256 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3257 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3258 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3259
3260 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3261 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3262 DEFHOOK
3263 (zero_address_valid,
3264 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3265 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3266 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3267 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3268
3269 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3270 DEFHOOK
3271 (convert,
3272 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3273 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3274 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3275 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3276 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3277 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3278 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3279 default_addr_space_convert)
3280
3281 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3282 DEFHOOK
3283 (debug,
3284 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3285 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3286 int, (addr_space_t as),
3287 default_addr_space_debug)
3288
3289 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3290 DEFHOOK
3291 (diagnose_usage,
3292 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3293 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3294 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3295 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3296 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3297 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3298 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3299 The default implementation does nothing.",
3300 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3301 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3302
3303 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3304
3305 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3306 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3307
3308 DEFHOOK
3309 (static_rtx_alignment,
3310 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3311 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3312 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3313 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3314 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3315 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3316
3317 DEFHOOK
3318 (constant_alignment,
3319 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3320 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3321 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3322 \n\
3323 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3324 \n\
3325 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3326 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3327 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3328 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3329 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3330 default_constant_alignment)
3331
3332 DEFHOOK
3333 (translate_mode_attribute,
3334 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3335 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3336 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3337 \n\
3338 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3339 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3340 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3341
3342 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3343 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3344 the arithmetic is supported. */
3345 DEFHOOK
3346 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3347 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3348 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3349 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3350 must work.\n\
3351 \n\
3352 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3353 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3354 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3355 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3356 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3357 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3358
3359 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3360 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3361 for further details. */
3362 DEFHOOK
3363 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3364 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3365 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3366 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3367 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3368 hook_bool_mode_false)
3369
3370 DEFHOOK
3371 (vector_alignment,
3372 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3373 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3374 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3375 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3376 the vector element type.",
3377 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3378 default_vector_alignment)
3379
3380 DEFHOOK
3381 (array_mode,
3382 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3383 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3384 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3385 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3386 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3387 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3388 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3389 used in specific cases.\n\
3390 \n\
3391 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3392 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3393 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3394 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3395
3396 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3397 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3398 DEFHOOK
3399 (array_mode_supported_p,
3400 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3401 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3402 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3403 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3404 \n\
3405 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3406 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3407 has operations like:\n\
3408 \n\
3409 @smallexample\n\
3410 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3411 @end smallexample\n\
3412 \n\
3413 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3414 \n\
3415 @smallexample\n\
3416 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3417 @{\n\
3418 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3419 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3420 @end smallexample\n\
3421 \n\
3422 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3423 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3424 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3425 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3426 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3427
3428 DEFHOOK
3429 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3430 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3431 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3432 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3433 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3434 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3435 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3436 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3437
3438 DEFHOOK
3439 (floatn_mode,
3440 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3441 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3442 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3443 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3444 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3445 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3446 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3447 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3448 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3449 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3450 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3451 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3452 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3453 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3454 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3455 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3456 default_floatn_mode)
3457
3458 DEFHOOK
3459 (floatn_builtin_p,
3460 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3461 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3462 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3463 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3464 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3465 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3466 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3467 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3468 bool, (int func),
3469 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3470
3471 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3472 TO, using MODE. */
3473 DEFHOOK
3474 (register_move_cost,
3475 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3476 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3477 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3478 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3479 that.\n\
3480 \n\
3481 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3482 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3483 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3484 \n\
3485 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3486 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3487 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3488 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3489 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3490 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3491 \n\
3492 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3493 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3494 default_register_move_cost)
3495
3496 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3497 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3498 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3499 DEFHOOK
3500 (memory_move_cost,
3501 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3502 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3503 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3504 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3505 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3506 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3507 \n\
3508 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3509 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3510 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3511 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3512 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3513 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3514 \n\
3515 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3516 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3517 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3518 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3519 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3520 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3521 are the same as to this target hook.",
3522 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3523 default_memory_move_cost)
3524
3525 DEFHOOK
3526 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3527 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3528 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3529 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3530 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3531 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3532 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3533 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3534 \n\
3535 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3536 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3537 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3538 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3539 units.\n\
3540 \n\
3541 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3542 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3543 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3544 under consideration.\n\
3545 \n\
3546 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3547 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3548 \n\
3549 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3550 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3551 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3552 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3553 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3554 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3555 \n\
3556 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3557 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3558 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3559 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3560 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3561 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3562
3563 DEFHOOK
3564 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3565 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3566 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3567 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3568 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3569 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3570 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3571 negative number from this hook.",
3572 int, (machine_mode mode),
3573 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3574
3575 DEFHOOK
3576 (slow_unaligned_access,
3577 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3578 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3579 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3580 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3581 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3582 \n\
3583 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3584 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3585 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3586 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3587 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3588 \n\
3589 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3590 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3591 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3592 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3593
3594 DEFHOOK
3595 (optab_supported_p,
3596 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3597 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3598 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3599 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3600 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3601 \n\
3602 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3603 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3604 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3605 \n\
3606 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3607 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3608 optimization_type opt_type),
3609 default_optab_supported_p)
3610
3611 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3612 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3613 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3614 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3615 DEFHOOK
3616 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3617 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3618 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3619 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3620 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3621 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3622 for any mode.\n\
3623 \n\
3624 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3625 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3626 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3627 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3628 insn.\n\
3629 \n\
3630 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3631 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3632 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3633 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3634 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3635 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3636 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3637 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3638 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3639 \n\
3640 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3641 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3642 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3643 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3644 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3645 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3646 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3647 hook_bool_mode_false)
3648
3649 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3650 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3651 DEFHOOKPOD
3652 (flags_regnum,
3653 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3654 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3655 appropriately.",
3656 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3657
3658 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3659 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3660 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3661 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3662 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3663 DEFHOOK
3664 (rtx_costs,
3665 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3666 \n\
3667 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3668 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3669 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3670 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3671 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3672 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3673 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3674 \n\
3675 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3676 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3677 \n\
3678 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3679 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3680 instructions.\n\
3681 \n\
3682 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3683 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3684 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3685 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3686 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3687 \n\
3688 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3689 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3690 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3691 \n\
3692 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3693 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3694 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3695 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3696
3697 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3698 invalid addresses. */
3699 DEFHOOK
3700 (address_cost,
3701 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3702 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3703 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3704 \n\
3705 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3706 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3707 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3708 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3709 \n\
3710 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3711 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3712 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3713 \n\
3714 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3715 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3716 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3717 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3718 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3719 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3720 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3721 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3722 \n\
3723 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3724 \n\
3725 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3726 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3727 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3728 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3729 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3730 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3731 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3732 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3733 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3734 default_address_cost)
3735
3736 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3737 DEFHOOK
3738 (insn_cost,
3739 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3740 \n\
3741 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3742 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3743 instructions.\n\
3744 \n\
3745 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3746 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3747 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3748 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3749
3750 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3751 well defined units. */
3752 DEFHOOK
3753 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3754 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3755 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3756 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3757 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3758 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3759 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3760 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3761 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3762 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3763 \n\
3764 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3765 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3766 were true.\n\
3767 \n\
3768 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3769 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3770 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3771 unsigned int, (edge e),
3772 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3773
3774 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3775 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3776 DEFHOOK
3777 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3778 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3779 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3780 @code{if_info}.",
3781 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3782 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3783
3784 DEFHOOK
3785 (estimated_poly_value,
3786 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3787 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3788 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3789 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3790 default_estimated_poly_value)
3791
3792 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3793 scheduling. */
3794 DEFHOOK
3795 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3796 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3797 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3798 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3799 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3800 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3801 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3802 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3803 hook_bool_void_false)
3804
3805 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3806 DEFHOOK
3807 (allocate_initial_value,
3808 "\n\
3809 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3810 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3811 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3812 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3813 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3814 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3815 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3816 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3817 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3818 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3819 @code{MEM}.\n\
3820 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3821 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3822 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3823 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3824 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3825 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3826 allocation.",
3827 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3828
3829 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3830 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3831 DEFHOOK
3832 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3833 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3834 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3835 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3836 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3837 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3838 passed along.",
3839 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3840 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3841
3842 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3843 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3844 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3845 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3846 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3847 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3848 DEFHOOK
3849 (dwarf_register_span,
3850 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3851 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3852 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3853 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3854 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3855 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3856 rtx, (rtx reg),
3857 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3858
3859 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3860 register. */
3861 DEFHOOK
3862 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3863 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3864 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3865 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3866 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3867 machine_mode, (int regno),
3868 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3869
3870 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3871 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3872 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3873 code, given the address of the table. */
3874 DEFHOOK
3875 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3876 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3877 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3878 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3879 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3880 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3881 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3882 void, (tree address),
3883 hook_void_tree)
3884
3885 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3886 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3887 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3888 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3889 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3890 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3891 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3892 DEFHOOK
3893 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3894 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3895 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3896 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3897 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3898 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3899 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3900 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3901 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3902 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3903 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3904 \n\
3905 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3906 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3907 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3908
3909 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3910 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3911 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3912 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3913 VOIDmode. */
3914 DEFHOOK
3915 (cc_modes_compatible,
3916 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3917 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3918 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3919 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3920 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3921 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3922 \n\
3923 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3924 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3925 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3926 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3927 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3928
3929 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3930 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3931 DEFHOOK
3932 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3933 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3934 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3935 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3936 \n\
3937 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3938 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3939 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3940 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3941 \n\
3942 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3943 definition is null.",
3944 void, (void), NULL)
3945
3946 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3947 DEFHOOK
3948 (build_builtin_va_list,
3949 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3950 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3951 tree, (void),
3952 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3953
3954 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3955 DEFHOOK
3956 (enum_va_list_p,
3957 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3958 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3959 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3960 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3961 variable.\n\
3962 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3963 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3964 internal type.\n\
3965 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3966 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3967 macro to iterate through all types.",
3968 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3969 NULL)
3970
3971 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3972 DEFHOOK
3973 (fn_abi_va_list,
3974 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3975 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3976 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3977 tree, (tree fndecl),
3978 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3979
3980 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3981 DEFHOOK
3982 (canonical_va_list_type,
3983 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3984 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3985 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3986 tree, (tree type),
3987 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3988
3989 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3990 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3991 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3992 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3993 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3994
3995 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3996 DEFHOOK
3997 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3998 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3999 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4000 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4001 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4002 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4003 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4004
4005 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4006 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4007 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4008 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4009 or an error message if not. */
4010 DEFHOOK
4011 (get_pch_validity,
4012 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4013 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4014 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4015 void *, (size_t *sz),
4016 default_get_pch_validity)
4017
4018 DEFHOOK
4019 (pch_valid_p,
4020 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4021 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4022 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4023 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4024 \n\
4025 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4026 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4027 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4028 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4029 \n\
4030 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4031 suitable for most targets.",
4032 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4033 default_pch_valid_p)
4034
4035 DEFHOOK
4036 (prepare_pch_save,
4037 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4038 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4039 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4040 to do anything here.",
4041 void, (void),
4042 hook_void_void)
4043
4044 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4045 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4046 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4047 DEFHOOK
4048 (check_pch_target_flags,
4049 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4050 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4051 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4052 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4053 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4054 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4055
4056 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4057 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4058 that type. */
4059 DEFHOOK
4060 (default_short_enums,
4061 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4062 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4063 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4064 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4065 \n\
4066 The default is to return false.",
4067 bool, (void),
4068 hook_bool_void_false)
4069
4070 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4071 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4072 DEFHOOK
4073 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4074 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4075 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4076 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4077 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4078 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4079 rtx, (void),
4080 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4081
4082 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4083 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4084 DEFHOOK
4085 (md_asm_adjust,
4086 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4087 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4088 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4089 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4090 \n\
4091 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4092 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4093 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4094 rtx_insn *,
4095 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4096 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4097 NULL)
4098
4099 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4100 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4101 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4102 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4103 the function is being declared as an int. */
4104 DEFHOOK
4105 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4106 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4107 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4108 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4109 int, (const_tree function),
4110 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4111
4112 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4113 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4114 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4115 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4116 and
4117 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4118 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4119 DEFHOOK
4120 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4121 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4122 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4123 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4124 @smallexample\n\
4125 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4126 @end smallexample\n\
4127 and\n\
4128 @smallexample\n\
4129 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4130 @end smallexample\n\
4131 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4132 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4133 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4134 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4135
4136 DEFHOOK
4137 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4138 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4139 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4140 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4141 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4142 @smallexample\n\
4143 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4144 @end smallexample\n\
4145 \n\
4146 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4147 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4148 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4149 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4150
4151 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4152 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4153 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4154 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4155 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4156 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4157 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4158
4159 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4160 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4161 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4162 DEFHOOK
4163 (stack_protect_guard,
4164 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4165 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4166 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4167 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4168 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4169 \n\
4170 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4171 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4172 tree, (void),
4173 default_stack_protect_guard)
4174
4175 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4176 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4177 DEFHOOK
4178 (stack_protect_fail,
4179 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4180 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4181 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4182 \n\
4183 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4184 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4185 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4186 tree, (void),
4187 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4188
4189 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4190 protector runtime support. */
4191 DEFHOOK
4192 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4193 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4194 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4195 bool, (void),
4196 hook_bool_void_true)
4197
4198 DEFHOOK
4199 (can_use_doloop_p,
4200 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4201 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4202 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4203 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4204 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4205 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4206 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4207 \n\
4208 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4209 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4210 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4211 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4212 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4213 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4214
4215 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4216 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4217 DEFHOOK
4218 (invalid_within_doloop,
4219 "\n\
4220 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4221 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4222 could not be applied.\n\
4223 \n\
4224 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4225 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4226 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4227 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4228 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4229 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4230 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4231
4232 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4233 DEFHOOK
4234 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4235 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4236 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4237 default is to accept all instructions.",
4238 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4239 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4240
4241 DEFHOOK
4242 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4243 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4244 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4245 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4246 bool, (const_tree decl),
4247 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4248
4249 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4250 value. */
4251 DEFHOOKPOD
4252 (const_anchor,
4253 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4254 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4255 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4256 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4257 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4258 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4259 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4260 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4261 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4262 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4263 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4264 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4265 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4266 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4267 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4268 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4269
4270 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4271 DEFHOOK
4272 (memmodel_check,
4273 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4274 memory model bits are allowed.",
4275 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4276
4277 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4278 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4279 supported by the target. */
4280 DEFHOOK
4281 (asan_shadow_offset,
4282 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4283 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4284 supported by the target.",
4285 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4286 NULL)
4287
4288 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4289 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4290 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4291
4292 DEFHOOK
4293 (promote_function_mode,
4294 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4295 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4296 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4297 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4298 pointer} types.\n\
4299 \n\
4300 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4301 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4302 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4303 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4304 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4305 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4306 the signedness may be different.\n\
4307 \n\
4308 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4309 \n\
4310 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4311 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4312 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4313 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4314 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4315 default_promote_function_mode)
4316
4317 DEFHOOK
4318 (promote_prototypes,
4319 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4320 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4321 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4322 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4323 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4324 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4325 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4326
4327 DEFHOOK
4328 (struct_value_rtx,
4329 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4330 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4331 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4332 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4333 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4334 argument.\n\
4335 \n\
4336 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4337 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4338 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4339 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4340 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4341 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4342 the caller.\n\
4343 \n\
4344 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4345 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4346 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4347 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4348 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4349 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4350 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4351
4352 DEFHOOKPOD
4353 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4354 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4355 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4356 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4357 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4358 undesirable on your target.",
4359 bool, false)
4360
4361 DEFHOOK
4362 (return_in_memory,
4363 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4364 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4365 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4366 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4367 libcalls.\n\
4368 \n\
4369 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4370 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4371 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4372 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4373 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4374 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4375 \n\
4376 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4377 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4378 to indicate this.",
4379 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4380 default_return_in_memory)
4381
4382 DEFHOOK
4383 (return_in_msb,
4384 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4385 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4386 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4387 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4388 \n\
4389 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4390 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4391 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4392 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4393 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4394 bool, (const_tree type),
4395 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4396
4397 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4398 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4399 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4400 DEFHOOK
4401 (pass_by_reference,
4402 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4403 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4404 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4405 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4406 \n\
4407 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4408 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4409 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4410 to that type.",
4411 bool,
4412 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4413 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4414
4415 DEFHOOK
4416 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4417 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4418 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4419 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4420 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4421 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4422 rtx, (void),
4423 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4424
4425 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4426 DEFHOOK
4427 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4428 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4429 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4430 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4431 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4432 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4433 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4434 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4435 \n\
4436 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4437 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4438 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4439 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4440 \n\
4441 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4442 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4443 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4444 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4445 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4446 frame.\n\
4447 \n\
4448 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4449 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4450 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4451 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4452 for all data types.\n\
4453 \n\
4454 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4455 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4456 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4457 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4458 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4459 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4460 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4461 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4462
4463 DEFHOOK
4464 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4465 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4466 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4467 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4468 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4469 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4470 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4471 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4472 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4473 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4474
4475 DEFHOOK
4476 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4477 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4478 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4479 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4480 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4481 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4482 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4483 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4484 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4485 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4486
4487 DEFHOOK
4488 (load_returned_bounds,
4489 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4490 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4491 loaded bounds.",
4492 rtx, (rtx slot),
4493 default_load_returned_bounds)
4494
4495 DEFHOOK
4496 (store_returned_bounds,
4497 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4498 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4499 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4500 default_store_returned_bounds)
4501
4502 DEFHOOK
4503 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4504 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4505 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4506 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4507 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4508 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4509 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4510
4511 DEFHOOK
4512 (call_args,
4513 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4514 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4515 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4516 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4517 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4518 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4519 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4520 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4521 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4522 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4523 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4524 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4525 void, (rtx, tree),
4526 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4527
4528 DEFHOOK
4529 (end_call_args,
4530 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4531 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4532 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4533 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4534 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4535 void, (void),
4536 hook_void_void)
4537
4538 DEFHOOK
4539 (strict_argument_naming,
4540 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4541 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4542 \n\
4543 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4544 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4545 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4546 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4547 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4548 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4549 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4550 \n\
4551 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4552 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4553 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4554
4555 /* Returns true if we should use
4556 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4557 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4558 DEFHOOK
4559 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4560 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4561 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4562 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4563 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4564 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4565 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4566 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4567 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4568
4569 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4570 should be passed as two scalars. */
4571 DEFHOOK
4572 (split_complex_arg,
4573 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4574 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4575 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4576 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4577 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4578 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4579 point register.\n\
4580 \n\
4581 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4582 false.",
4583 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4584
4585 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4586 but must be passed on the stack. */
4587 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4588 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4589 DEFHOOK
4590 (must_pass_in_stack,
4591 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4592 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4593 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4594 documentation.",
4595 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4596 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4597
4598 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4599 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4600 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4601 DEFHOOK
4602 (callee_copies,
4603 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4604 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4605 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4606 by the caller.\n\
4607 \n\
4608 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4609 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4610 not be generated.\n\
4611 \n\
4612 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4613 bool,
4614 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4615 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4616
4617 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4618 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4619 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4620 DEFHOOK
4621 (arg_partial_bytes,
4622 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4623 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4624 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4625 pushed on the stack.\n\
4626 \n\
4627 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4628 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4629 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4630 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4631 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4632 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4633 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4634 \n\
4635 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4636 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4637 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4638 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4639 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4640
4641 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4642 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4643 argument. */
4644 DEFHOOK
4645 (function_arg_advance,
4646 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4647 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4648 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4649 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4650 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4651 \n\
4652 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4653 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4654 used for arguments without any special help.",
4655 void,
4656 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4657 default_function_arg_advance)
4658
4659 DEFHOOK
4660 (function_arg_offset,
4661 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4662 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4663 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4664 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4665 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4666 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4667 default_function_arg_offset)
4668
4669 DEFHOOK
4670 (function_arg_padding,
4671 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4672 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4673 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4674 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4675 \n\
4676 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4677 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4678 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4679 \n\
4680 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4681 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4682 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4683 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4684 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4685 default_function_arg_padding)
4686
4687 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4688 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4689 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4690 argument. */
4691 DEFHOOK
4692 (function_arg,
4693 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4694 register and if so, which register.\n\
4695 \n\
4696 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4697 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4698 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4699 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4700 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4701 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4702 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4703 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4704 \n\
4705 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4706 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4707 on the stack.\n\
4708 \n\
4709 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4710 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4711 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4712 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4713 for more information.\n\
4714 \n\
4715 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4716 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4717 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4718 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4719 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4720 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4721 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4722 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4723 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4724 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4725 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4726 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4727 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4728 \n\
4729 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4730 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4731 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4732 \n\
4733 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4734 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4735 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4736 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4737 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4738 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4739 \n\
4740 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4741 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4742 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4743 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4744 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4745 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4746 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4747 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4748 a register.",
4749 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4750 bool named),
4751 default_function_arg)
4752
4753 DEFHOOK
4754 (function_incoming_arg,
4755 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4756 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4757 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4758 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4759 \n\
4760 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4761 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4762 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4763 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4764 arrive.\n\
4765 \n\
4766 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4767 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4768 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4769 \n\
4770 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4771 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4772 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4773 bool named),
4774 default_function_incoming_arg)
4775
4776 DEFHOOK
4777 (function_arg_boundary,
4778 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4779 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4780 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4781 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4782 default_function_arg_boundary)
4783
4784 DEFHOOK
4785 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4786 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4787 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4788 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4789 value.",
4790 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4791 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4792
4793 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4794 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4795 DEFHOOK
4796 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4797 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4798 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4799 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4800 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4801 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4802
4803 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4804 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4805 DEFHOOK
4806 (function_value,
4807 "\n\
4808 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4809 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4810 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4811 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4812 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4813 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4814 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4815 a function returns a value.\n\
4816 \n\
4817 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4818 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4819 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4820 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4821 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4822 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4823 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4824 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4825 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4826 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4827 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4828 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4829 \n\
4830 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4831 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4832 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4833 \n\
4834 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4835 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4836 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4837 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4838 known.\n\
4839 \n\
4840 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4841 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4842 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4843 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4844 \n\
4845 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4846 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4847 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4848 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4849 default_function_value)
4850
4851 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4852 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4853 DEFHOOK
4854 (libcall_value,
4855 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4856 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4857 \n\
4858 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4859 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4860 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4861 \n\
4862 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4863 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4864 default_libcall_value)
4865
4866 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4867 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4868 DEFHOOK
4869 (function_value_regno_p,
4870 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4871 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4872 \n\
4873 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4874 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4875 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4876 \n\
4877 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4878 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4879 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4880 \n\
4881 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4882 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4883 default_function_value_regno_p)
4884
4885 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4886 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4887 (internal_arg_pointer,
4888 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4889 current function.",
4890 rtx, (void),
4891 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4892
4893 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4894 DEFHOOK
4895 (update_stack_boundary,
4896 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4897 necessary.",
4898 void, (void), NULL)
4899
4900 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4901 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4902 DEFHOOK
4903 (get_drap_rtx,
4904 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4905 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4906 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4907 is needed.",
4908 rtx, (void), NULL)
4909
4910 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4911 stack. */
4912 DEFHOOK
4913 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4914 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4915 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4916 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4917 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4918 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4919 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4920 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4921 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4922 bool, (void),
4923 hook_bool_void_true)
4924
4925 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4926 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4927 DEFHOOK
4928 (static_chain,
4929 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4930 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4931 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4932 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4933 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4934 \n\
4935 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4936 \n\
4937 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4938 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4939 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4940 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4941 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4942 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4943 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4944 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4945 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4946 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4947 to refer to those items.",
4948 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4949 default_static_chain)
4950
4951 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4952 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4953 DEFHOOK
4954 (trampoline_init,
4955 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4956 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4957 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4958 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4959 when it is called.\n\
4960 \n\
4961 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4962 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4963 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4964 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4965 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4966 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4967 \n\
4968 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4969 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4970 initializing the trampoline proper.",
4971 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4972 default_trampoline_init)
4973
4974 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4975 DEFHOOK
4976 (trampoline_adjust_address,
4977 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4978 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4979 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4980 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4981 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4982 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4983 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
4984 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4985
4986 DEFHOOKPOD
4987 (custom_function_descriptors,
4988 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4989 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4990 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4991 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4992 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4993 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4994 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4995 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4996 it to be made executable.\n\
4997 \n\
4998 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4999 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
5000 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
5001 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
5002 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
5003 int, -1)
5004
5005 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5006 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5007 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5008 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5009 DEFHOOK
5010 (return_pops_args,
5011 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5012 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5013 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5014 \n\
5015 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5016 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5017 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5018 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5019 \n\
5020 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5021 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5022 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5023 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5024 arguments (if known).\n\
5025 \n\
5026 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5027 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5028 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5029 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5030 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5031 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5032 \n\
5033 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5034 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5035 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5036 \n\
5037 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5038 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5039 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5040 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5041 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5042 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5043 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5044 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5045 number of arguments.",
5046 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5047 default_return_pops_args)
5048
5049 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5050 returned. */
5051 DEFHOOK
5052 (get_raw_result_mode,
5053 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5054 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5055 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5056 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5057 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5058
5059 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5060 passed. */
5061 DEFHOOK
5062 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5063 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5064 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5065 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5066 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5067 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5068
5069 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5070 DEFHOOK
5071 (empty_record_p,
5072 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5073 is to return @code{false}.",
5074 bool, (const_tree type),
5075 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5076
5077 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5078 DEFHOOK
5079 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5080 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5081 ABI.",
5082 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5083 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5084
5085 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5086
5087 DEFHOOK
5088 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5089 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5090 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5091 bool, (void),
5092 hook_bool_void_false)
5093
5094 DEFHOOK
5095 (init_pic_reg,
5096 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5097 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5098 void, (void),
5099 hook_void_void)
5100
5101 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5102 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5103 DEFHOOK
5104 (invalid_conversion,
5105 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5106 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5107 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5108 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5109 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5110
5111 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5112 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5113 DEFHOOK
5114 (invalid_unary_op,
5115 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5116 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5117 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5118 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5119 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5120 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5121
5122 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5123 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5124 DEFHOOK
5125 (invalid_binary_op,
5126 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5127 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5128 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5129 the front end.",
5130 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5131 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5132
5133 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5134 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5135 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5136 DEFHOOK
5137 (promoted_type,
5138 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5139 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5140 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5141 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5142 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5143 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5144 tree, (const_tree type),
5145 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5146
5147 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5148 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5149 the standard conversion rules. */
5150 DEFHOOK
5151 (convert_to_type,
5152 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5153 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5154 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5155 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5156 conversion rules.\n\
5157 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5158 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5159 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5160
5161 DEFHOOK
5162 (can_change_mode_class,
5163 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5164 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5165 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5166 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5167 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5168 \n\
5169 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5170 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5171 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5172 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5173 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5174 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5175 \n\
5176 @smallexample\n\
5177 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5178 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5179 @end smallexample\n\
5180 \n\
5181 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5182 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5183 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5184 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5185 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5186 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5187 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5188 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5189 value that the middle-end intended.",
5190 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5191 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5192
5193 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5194 DEFHOOK
5195 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5196 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5197 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5198 \n\
5199 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5200 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5201 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5202
5203 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5204 DEFHOOK
5205 (lra_p,
5206 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5207 \
5208 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5209 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5210 bool, (void),
5211 default_lra_p)
5212
5213 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5214 DEFHOOK
5215 (register_priority,
5216 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5217 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5218 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5219 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5220 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5221 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5222 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5223 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5224 \
5225 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5226 int, (int),
5227 default_register_priority)
5228
5229 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5230 DEFHOOK
5231 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5232 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5233 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5234 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5235 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5236 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5237 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5238 optimizations.\
5239 \
5240 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5241 bool, (void),
5242 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5243
5244 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5245 DEFHOOK
5246 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5247 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5248 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5249 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5250 the insn.\
5251 \
5252 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5253 bool, (void),
5254 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5255
5256 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5257 instead of memory. */
5258 DEFHOOK
5259 (spill_class,
5260 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5261 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5262 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5263 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5264 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5265 NULL)
5266
5267 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5268 DEFHOOK
5269 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5270 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5271 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5272 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5273 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5274 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5275 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5276 bool, (reg_class_t),
5277 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5278
5279 DEFHOOK
5280 (cstore_mode,
5281 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5282 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5283 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5284 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5285 patterns.",
5286 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5287 default_cstore_mode)
5288
5289 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5290 classes to use. */
5291 DEFHOOK
5292 (compute_pressure_classes,
5293 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5294 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5295 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5296 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5297 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5298
5299 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5300 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5301 DEFHOOK
5302 (member_type_forces_blk,
5303 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5304 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5305 \n\
5306 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5307 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5308 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5309 retain the field's mode.\n\
5310 \n\
5311 Normally, this is not needed.",
5312 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5313 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5314
5315 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5316 that gate the divod transform. */
5317 DEFHOOK
5318 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5319 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5320 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5321 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5322 NULL)
5323
5324 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5325 DEFHOOK
5326 (secondary_reload,
5327 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5328 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5329 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5330 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5331 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5332 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5333 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5334 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5335 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5336 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5337 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5338 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5339 \n\
5340 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5341 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5342 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5343 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5344 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5345 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5346 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5347 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5348 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5349 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5350 \n\
5351 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5352 \n\
5353 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5354 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5355 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5356 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5357 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5358 \n\
5359 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5360 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5361 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5362 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5363 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5364 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5365 \n\
5366 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5367 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5368 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5369 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5370 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5371 \n\
5372 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5373 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5374 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5375 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5376 single-register-class\n\
5377 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5378 output constraint.\n\
5379 \n\
5380 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5381 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5382 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5383 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5384 \n\
5385 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5386 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5387 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5388 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5389 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5390 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5391 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5392 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5393 \n\
5394 \n\
5395 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5396 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5397 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5398 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5399 \n\
5400 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5401 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5402 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5403 \n\
5404 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5405 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5406 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5407 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5408 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5409 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5410 reg_class_t,
5411 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5412 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5413 default_secondary_reload)
5414
5415 DEFHOOK
5416 (secondary_memory_needed,
5417 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5418 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5419 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5420 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5421 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5422 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5423 false for all inputs.",
5424 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5425 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5426
5427 DEFHOOK
5428 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5429 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5430 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5431 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5432 \n\
5433 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5434 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5435 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5436 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5437 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5438 floating-point registers.\n\
5439 \n\
5440 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5441 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5442 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5443 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5444 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5445 details.\n\
5446 \n\
5447 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5448 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5449 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5450
5451 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5452 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5453 DEFHOOK
5454 (preferred_reload_class,
5455 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5456 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5457 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5458 another, smaller class.\n\
5459 \n\
5460 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5461 \n\
5462 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5463 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5464 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5465 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5466 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5467 \n\
5468 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5469 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5470 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5471 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5472 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5473 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5474 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5475 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5476 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5477 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5478 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5479 \n\
5480 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5481 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5482 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5483 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5484 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5485 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5486 reg_class_t,
5487 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5488 default_preferred_reload_class)
5489
5490 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5491 input reloads. */
5492 DEFHOOK
5493 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5494 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5495 input reloads.\n\
5496 \n\
5497 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5498 argument.\n\
5499 \n\
5500 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5501 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5502 reg_class_t,
5503 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5504 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5505
5506 DEFHOOK
5507 (select_early_remat_modes,
5508 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5509 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5510 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5511 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5512 \n\
5513 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5514 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5515 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5516 void, (sbitmap modes),
5517 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5518
5519 DEFHOOK
5520 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5521 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5522 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5523 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5524 \n\
5525 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5526 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5527 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5528 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5529 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5530 \n\
5531 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5532 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5533 pressure.",
5534 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5535 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5536
5537 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5538 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5539 DEFHOOK
5540 (class_max_nregs,
5541 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5542 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5543 \n\
5544 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5545 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5546 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5547 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5548 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5549 \n\
5550 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5551 in the reload pass.\n\
5552 \n\
5553 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5554 in words.",
5555 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5556 default_class_max_nregs)
5557
5558 DEFHOOK
5559 (preferred_rename_class,
5560 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5561 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5562 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5563 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5564 is not implemented.\
5565 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5566 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5567 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5568 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5569 be reduced.",
5570 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5571 default_preferred_rename_class)
5572
5573 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5574 during register allocation. */
5575 DEFHOOK
5576 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5577 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5578 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5579 register allocation.\n\
5580 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5581 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5582 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5583 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5584 bool, (rtx subst),
5585 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5586
5587 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5588 displacement addressing. */
5589 DEFHOOK
5590 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5591 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5592 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5593 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5594 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5595 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5596 \n\
5597 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5598 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5599 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5600 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5601 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5602
5603 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5604 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5605 DEFHOOK
5606 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5607 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5608 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5609 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5610 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5611 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5612 usage.",
5613 void, (void),
5614 hook_void_void)
5615
5616 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5617 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5618 but will be later. */
5619 DEFHOOK
5620 (instantiate_decls,
5621 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5622 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5623 void, (void),
5624 hook_void_void)
5625
5626 DEFHOOK
5627 (hard_regno_nregs,
5628 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5629 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5630 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5631 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5632 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5633 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5634 \n\
5635 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5636 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5637 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5638
5639 DEFHOOK
5640 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5641 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5642 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5643 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5644 unconditionally.\n\
5645 \n\
5646 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5647 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5648 \n\
5649 @cindex register pairs\n\
5650 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5651 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5652 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5653 \n\
5654 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5655 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5656 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5657 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5658 \n\
5659 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5660 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5661 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5662 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5663 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5664 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5665 modes to be tieable.\n\
5666 \n\
5667 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5668 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5669 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5670 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5671 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5672 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5673 \n\
5674 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5675 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5676 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5677 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5678 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5679 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5680 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5681 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5682 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5683 \n\
5684 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5685 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5686 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5687 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5688 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5689 \n\
5690 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5691 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5692 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5693 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5694 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5695 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5696 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5697
5698 DEFHOOK
5699 (modes_tieable_p,
5700 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5701 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5702 \n\
5703 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5704 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5705 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5706 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5707 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5708 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5709 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5710 \n\
5711 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5712 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5713 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5714 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5715 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5716
5717 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5718 in peephole2. */
5719 DEFHOOK
5720 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5721 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5722 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5723 \n\
5724 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5725 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5726 \n\
5727 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5728 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5729 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5730
5731 DEFHOOK
5732 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5733 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5734 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5735 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5736 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5737 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5738 \n\
5739 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5740 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5741 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5742 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5743
5744 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5745 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5746 DEFHOOK
5747 (case_values_threshold,
5748 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5749 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5750 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5751 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5752 unsigned int, (void),
5753 default_case_values_threshold)
5754
5755 DEFHOOK
5756 (starting_frame_offset,
5757 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5758 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5759 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5760 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5761 implementation returns 0.",
5762 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5763 hook_hwi_void_0)
5764
5765 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5766 DEFHOOK
5767 (compute_frame_layout,
5768 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5769 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5770 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5771 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5772 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5773 this callback is optional.",
5774 void, (void),
5775 hook_void_void)
5776
5777 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5778 DEFHOOK
5779 (frame_pointer_required,
5780 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5781 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5782 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5783 \n\
5784 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5785 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5786 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5787 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5788 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5789 pointer.\n\
5790 \n\
5791 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5792 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5793 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5794 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5795 them.\n\
5796 \n\
5797 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5798 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5799 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5800 \n\
5801 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5802 bool, (void),
5803 hook_bool_void_false)
5804
5805 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5806 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5807 DEFHOOK
5808 (can_eliminate,
5809 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5810 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5811 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5812 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5813 knows about.\n\
5814 \n\
5815 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5816 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5817 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5818
5819 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5820 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5821 target. */
5822 DEFHOOK
5823 (conditional_register_usage,
5824 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5825 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5826 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5827 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5828 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5829 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5830 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5831 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5832 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5833 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5834 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5835 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5836 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5837 command options have been applied.\n\
5838 \n\
5839 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5840 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5841 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5842 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5843 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5844 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5845 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5846 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5847 \n\
5848 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5849 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5850 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5851 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5852 void, (void),
5853 hook_void_void)
5854
5855 DEFHOOK
5856 (stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5857 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues. On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks. Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise. You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5858 bool, (rtx residual),
5859 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5860
5861
5862 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5863 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5864 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5865 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5866
5867 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5868 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5869 (mode_for_suffix,
5870 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5871 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5872 machine_mode, (char c),
5873 default_mode_for_suffix)
5874
5875 DEFHOOK
5876 (excess_precision,
5877 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5878 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5879 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5880 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5881 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5882 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5883 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5884 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5885 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5886 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5887 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5888 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5889 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5890 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5891 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5892 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5893 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5894 default_excess_precision)
5895
5896 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5897
5898 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5899 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5900 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5901 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5902
5903 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5904 DEFHOOK
5905 (guard_type,
5906 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5907 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5908 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5909 tree, (void),
5910 default_cxx_guard_type)
5911
5912 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5913 DEFHOOK
5914 (guard_mask_bit,
5915 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5916 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5917 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5918 bool, (void),
5919 hook_bool_void_false)
5920
5921 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5922 DEFHOOK
5923 (get_cookie_size,
5924 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5925 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5926 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5927 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5928 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5929 tree, (tree type),
5930 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5931
5932 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5933 DEFHOOK
5934 (cookie_has_size,
5935 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5936 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5937 bool, (void),
5938 hook_bool_void_false)
5939
5940 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5941 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5942 DEFHOOK
5943 (import_export_class,
5944 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5945 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5946 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5947 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5948 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5949 backend's targeted operating system.",
5950 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5951
5952 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5953 DEFHOOK
5954 (cdtor_returns_this,
5955 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5956 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5957 @code{false}.",
5958 bool, (void),
5959 hook_bool_void_false)
5960
5961 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5962 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5963 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5964 DEFHOOK
5965 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5966 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5967 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5968 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5969 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5970 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5971 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5972 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
5973 bool, (void),
5974 hook_bool_void_true)
5975
5976 DEFHOOK
5977 (determine_class_data_visibility,
5978 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5979 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5980 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5981 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5982 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5983 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5984 void, (tree decl),
5985 hook_void_tree)
5986
5987 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5988 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5989 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5990 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5991 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5992 DEFHOOK
5993 (class_data_always_comdat,
5994 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5995 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5996 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5997 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5998 unit will not be COMDAT.",
5999 bool, (void),
6000 hook_bool_void_true)
6001
6002 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6003 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6004 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6005 DEFHOOK
6006 (library_rtti_comdat,
6007 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6008 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6009 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6010 bool, (void),
6011 hook_bool_void_true)
6012
6013 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6014 destructors. */
6015 DEFHOOK
6016 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6017 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6018 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6019 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6020 bool, (void),
6021 hook_bool_void_false)
6022
6023 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6024 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6025 DEFHOOK
6026 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6027 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6028 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6029 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6030 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6031 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6032 bool, (void),
6033 hook_bool_void_false)
6034
6035 DEFHOOK
6036 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6037 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6038 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6039 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6040 void, (tree type),
6041 hook_void_tree)
6042
6043 DEFHOOK
6044 (decl_mangling_context,
6045 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6046 tree, (const_tree decl),
6047 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6048
6049 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6050
6051 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6052 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6053 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6054 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6055
6056 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6057 DEFHOOKPOD
6058 (get_address,
6059 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6060 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6061 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6062 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6063
6064 DEFHOOKPOD
6065 (register_common,
6066 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6067 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6068 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6069 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6070 registration function to be used.",
6071 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6072
6073 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6074 DEFHOOKPOD
6075 (var_section,
6076 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6077 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6078 any section.",
6079 const char *, NULL)
6080
6081 DEFHOOKPOD
6082 (tmpl_section,
6083 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6084 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6085 section.",
6086 const char *, NULL)
6087
6088 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6089 DEFHOOKPOD
6090 (var_prefix,
6091 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6092 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6093 const char *, NULL)
6094
6095 DEFHOOKPOD
6096 (tmpl_prefix,
6097 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6098 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6099 const char *, NULL)
6100
6101 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6102 DEFHOOK
6103 (var_fields,
6104 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6105 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6106 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6107 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6108 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6109 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6110 default_emutls_var_fields)
6111
6112 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6113 DEFHOOK
6114 (var_init,
6115 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6116 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6117 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6118 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6119 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6120 default_emutls_var_init)
6121
6122 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6123 proxy variable. */
6124 DEFHOOKPOD
6125 (var_align_fixed,
6126 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6127 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6128 single objects. The default is false.",
6129 bool, false)
6130
6131 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6132 DEFHOOKPOD
6133 (debug_form_tls_address,
6134 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6135 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6136 bool, false)
6137
6138 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6139
6140 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6141 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6142 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6143
6144 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6145 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6146 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6147 DEFHOOK
6148 (valid_attribute_p,
6149 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6150 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6151 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6152 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6153 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6154 \n\
6155 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6156 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6157 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6158 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6159 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6160
6161 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6162 DEFHOOK
6163 (save,
6164 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6165 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6166 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6167 @xref{Option file format}.",
6168 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6169
6170 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6171 structure. */
6172 DEFHOOK
6173 (restore,
6174 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6175 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6176 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6177 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6178
6179 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6180 streamed in. */
6181 DEFHOOK
6182 (post_stream_in,
6183 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6184 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6185 LTO bytecode.",
6186 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6187
6188 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6189 structure. */
6190 DEFHOOK
6191 (print,
6192 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6193 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6194 function-specific options.",
6195 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6196
6197 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6198 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6199 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6200 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6201 DEFHOOK
6202 (pragma_parse,
6203 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6204 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6205 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6206 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6207 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6208 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6209
6210 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6211 DEFHOOK
6212 (override,
6213 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6214 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6215 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6216 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6217 \n\
6218 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6219 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6220 \n\
6221 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6222 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6223 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6224 void, (void),
6225 hook_void_void)
6226
6227 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6228 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6229 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6230 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6231 DEFHOOK
6232 (function_versions,
6233 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6234 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6235 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6236 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6237 different target machines.",
6238 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6239 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6240
6241 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6242 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6243 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6244 DEFHOOK
6245 (can_inline_p,
6246 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6247 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6248 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6249 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6250 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6251 default_target_can_inline_p)
6252
6253 DEFHOOK
6254 (relayout_function,
6255 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6256 void, (tree fndecl),
6257 hook_void_tree)
6258
6259 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6260
6261 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6262 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6263 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6264 DEFHOOK
6265 (extra_live_on_entry,
6266 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6267 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6268 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6269 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6270 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6271 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6272 void, (bitmap regs),
6273 hook_void_bitmap)
6274
6275 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6276 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6277 definition. */
6278 DEFHOOKPOD
6279 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6280 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6281 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6282 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6283 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6284 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6285 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6286 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6287 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6288 bool,
6289 false)
6290
6291 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6292 DEFHOOK
6293 (set_up_by_prologue,
6294 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6295 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6296 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6297 NULL)
6298
6299 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6300 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6301 function attribute. */
6302 DEFHOOK
6303 (warn_func_return,
6304 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6305 bool, (tree),
6306 hook_bool_tree_true)
6307
6308 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6309 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6310 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6311
6312 DEFHOOK
6313 (get_separate_components,
6314 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6315 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6316 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6317 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6318 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6319 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6320 sbitmap, (void),
6321 NULL)
6322
6323 DEFHOOK
6324 (components_for_bb,
6325 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6326 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6327 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6328 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6329 NULL)
6330
6331 DEFHOOK
6332 (disqualify_components,
6333 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6334 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6335 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6336 epilogue instead.",
6337 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6338 NULL)
6339
6340 DEFHOOK
6341 (emit_prologue_components,
6342 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6343 void, (sbitmap),
6344 NULL)
6345
6346 DEFHOOK
6347 (emit_epilogue_components,
6348 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6349 void, (sbitmap),
6350 NULL)
6351
6352 DEFHOOK
6353 (set_handled_components,
6354 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6355 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6356 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6357 will be deleted after this call.",
6358 void, (sbitmap),
6359 NULL)
6360
6361 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6362 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6363 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6364
6365 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6366 DEFHOOK
6367 (debug_unwind_info,
6368 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6369 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6370 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6371 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6372 \n\
6373 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6374 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6375 \n\
6376 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6377 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6378 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6379 default_debug_unwind_info)
6380
6381 DEFHOOK
6382 (reset_location_view, "\
6383 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6384 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6385 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6386 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6387 \n\
6388 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6389 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6390 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6391 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6392 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6393 \n\
6394 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6395 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6396 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6397
6398 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6399 defined at this time. */
6400 DEFHOOK
6401 (canonicalize_comparison,
6402 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6403 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6404 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6405 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6406 \n\
6407 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6408 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6409 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6410 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6411 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6412 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6413 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6414 \n\
6415 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6416 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6417 @file{md} file.\n\
6418 \n\
6419 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6420 comparison code or operands.",
6421 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6422 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6423
6424 DEFHOOK
6425 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6426 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6427 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6428 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6429 \n\
6430 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6431 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6432 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6433 \n\
6434 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6435 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6436 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6437 \n\
6438 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6439 defined to 1.",
6440 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6441
6442 DEFHOOKPOD
6443 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6444 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6445 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6446 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6447 unsigned char, 1)
6448
6449 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6450 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6451 as needed. */
6452 DEFHOOK
6453 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6454 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6455 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6456 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6457 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6458 hook_uint_mode_0)
6459
6460 DEFHOOK
6461 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6462 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6463 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6464 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6465 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6466 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6467 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6468 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6469 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6470 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6471 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6472 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6473 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6474 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6475 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6476 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6477 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6478 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6479
6480 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6481
6482 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6483 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6484 DEFHOOKPOD
6485 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6486 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6487 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6488 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6489 bool, false)
6490
6491 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6492 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6493 DEFHOOKPOD
6494 (have_ctors_dtors,
6495 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6496 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6497 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6498 bool, false)
6499
6500 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6501 DEFHOOKPOD
6502 (have_tls,
6503 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6504 The default value is false.",
6505 bool, false)
6506
6507 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6508 DEFHOOKPOD
6509 (have_srodata_section,
6510 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6511 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6512 bool, false)
6513
6514 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6515 DEFHOOKPOD
6516 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6517 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6518 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6519 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6520 true otherwise.",
6521 bool, true)
6522
6523 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6524 DEFHOOKPOD
6525 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6526 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6527 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6528 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6529 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6530 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6531 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6532 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6533 \n\
6534 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6535 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6536 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6537 bool, false)
6538
6539 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6540 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6541 DEFHOOKPOD
6542 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6543 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6544 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6545 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6546 this to be done. The default is false.",
6547 bool, false)
6548
6549 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6550 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6551 DEFHOOKPOD
6552 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6553 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6554 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6555 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6556 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6557 bool, false)
6558
6559 DEFHOOKPOD
6560 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6561 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6562 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6563 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6564 bool, false)
6565
6566 DEFHOOKPOD
6567 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6568 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6569 bool, false)
6570
6571 DEFHOOKPOD
6572 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6573 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6574 bool, false)
6575
6576 DEFHOOKPOD
6577 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6578 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6579 targets.",
6580 bool, false)
6581
6582 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6583
6584 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6585 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6586 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6587 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6588
6589 DEFHOOK
6590 (emit,
6591 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6592 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6593
6594 DEFHOOK
6595 (needed,
6596 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6597 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6598
6599 DEFHOOK
6600 (after,
6601 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6602 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6603
6604 DEFHOOK
6605 (entry,
6606 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6607 int, (int entity), NULL)
6608
6609 DEFHOOK
6610 (exit,
6611 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6612 int, (int entity), NULL)
6613
6614 DEFHOOK
6615 (priority,
6616 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6617 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6618
6619 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6620
6621 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6622 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6623
6624 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6625 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6626 #include "target-insns.def"
6627 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6628
6629 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6630 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6631 #include "target-insns.def"
6632 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6633
6634 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6635 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6636 #include "target-insns.def"
6637 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6638
6639 DEFHOOK
6640 (run_target_selftests,
6641 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6642 void, (void),
6643 NULL)
6644
6645 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6646 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6647